1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
842 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug", 6) == 0
1088 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0
1089 || strncmp (name
, ".zdebug", 7) == 0)
1090 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1091 else if (strncmp (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
, 21) == 0
1092 || strncmp (name
, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0)
1094 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1097 else if (strncmp (name
, ".line", 5) == 0
1098 || strncmp (name
, ".stab", 5) == 0
1099 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1100 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1104 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1105 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1109 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1110 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1111 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1112 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1113 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1114 all but one of the sections. */
1115 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1116 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1117 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1119 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1122 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1123 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1124 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1127 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1128 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1129 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1130 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1134 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1137 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1138 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1142 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1144 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1145 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1147 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1148 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1149 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1150 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1151 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1152 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1153 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1155 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1157 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1160 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1161 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1163 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1164 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1165 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1166 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1168 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1169 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1170 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1172 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1173 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1174 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1175 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1176 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1177 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1178 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1179 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1180 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1182 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1183 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1184 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1185 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1186 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1187 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1188 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1194 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1195 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1196 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1197 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1198 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1200 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1201 int compression_header_size
;
1202 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1203 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1204 bfd_boolean compressed
1205 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1206 &compression_header_size
,
1208 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1211 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1212 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1213 action
= decompress
;
1216 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1217 section. Check if we should compress. */
1218 if (action
== nothing
)
1220 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1221 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1222 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1223 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1225 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1226 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1232 if (action
== compress
)
1234 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1237 /* xgettext:c-format */
1238 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1245 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1248 /* xgettext:c-format */
1249 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1255 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1258 && (action
== decompress
1259 || (action
== compress
1260 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1262 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1263 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1265 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1266 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1268 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1272 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1273 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1274 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1277 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1279 const char *lto_section_name
= ".gnu.lto_.lto.";
1280 if (strncmp (name
, lto_section_name
, strlen (lto_section_name
)) == 0)
1282 struct lto_section lsection
;
1283 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1284 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1285 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1291 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1293 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1294 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1295 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1298 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1299 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1300 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1301 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1302 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1303 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1304 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1305 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1306 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1308 bfd_reloc_status_type
1309 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1310 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1312 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1313 asection
*input_section
,
1315 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1317 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1318 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1319 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1320 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1322 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1323 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1326 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1329 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1330 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1331 should be the same. */
1334 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1335 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1337 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1338 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1339 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1340 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1342 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1343 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1345 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1348 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1349 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1350 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1351 to be the correct section. */
1354 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1355 const unsigned int hint
)
1357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1360 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1362 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1363 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1364 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1365 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1368 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1372 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1374 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1375 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1376 multiple matches ? */
1383 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1384 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1385 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1388 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1390 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1392 const unsigned int secnum
)
1394 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1395 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1396 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1397 unsigned int sh_link
;
1399 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1401 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1402 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1403 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1404 matched up with the original.
1406 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1407 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1408 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1409 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1410 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1411 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1412 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1413 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1414 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1415 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1416 without any contents. */
1417 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1418 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1419 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1420 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1424 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1425 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1429 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1430 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1431 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1432 in the input bfd. */
1433 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1435 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1436 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1439 /* xgettext:c-format */
1440 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1441 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1445 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1446 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1448 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1452 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1453 if we could not find a match ? */
1455 /* xgettext:c-format */
1456 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1459 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1461 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1462 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1464 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1466 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1468 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1469 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1472 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1473 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1475 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1477 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1482 /* xgettext:c-format */
1483 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1489 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1493 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1495 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1497 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1500 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1501 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1504 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1506 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1507 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1510 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1512 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1513 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1514 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1516 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1517 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1518 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1519 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1521 /* Copy object attributes. */
1522 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1524 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1527 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1529 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1530 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1533 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1535 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1536 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1537 files. See below for more details. */
1539 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1540 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1543 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1544 fields have already been initialised. */
1545 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1546 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1549 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1550 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1551 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1553 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1555 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1558 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1559 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1560 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1561 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1563 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1564 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1565 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1566 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1567 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1568 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1573 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1576 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1577 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1578 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1579 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1581 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1583 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1586 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1587 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1588 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1590 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1591 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1592 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1593 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1594 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1595 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1596 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1597 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1598 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1599 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1601 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1606 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1608 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1609 with a NULL input section. */
1610 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1619 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1624 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1625 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1626 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1627 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1628 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1629 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1630 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1631 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1632 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1633 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1634 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1635 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1640 /* Print out the program headers. */
1643 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1645 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1646 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1648 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1650 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1655 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1656 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1657 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1659 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1664 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1667 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1668 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1669 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1670 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1671 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1672 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1673 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1674 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1675 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1676 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1677 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1678 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1679 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1680 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1681 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1682 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1683 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1688 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1691 unsigned int elfsec
;
1692 unsigned long shlink
;
1693 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1695 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1697 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1699 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1702 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1703 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1705 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1707 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1708 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1711 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1712 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1714 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1715 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1717 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1719 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1720 const char *name
= "";
1722 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1723 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1725 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1727 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1734 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1735 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1737 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1739 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1744 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1745 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1746 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1747 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1748 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1749 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1750 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1751 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1752 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1753 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1754 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1755 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1756 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1757 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1758 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1759 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1760 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1761 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1762 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1763 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1764 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1765 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1766 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1767 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1770 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1771 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1772 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1773 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1774 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1775 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1776 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1777 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1778 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1779 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1780 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1781 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1782 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1783 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1784 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1785 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1786 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1787 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1788 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1789 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1790 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1791 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1792 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1793 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1794 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1795 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1796 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1797 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1798 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1799 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1800 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1801 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1804 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1808 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1813 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1815 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1818 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1827 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1828 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1830 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1834 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1836 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1838 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1839 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1841 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1842 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1843 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1844 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1846 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1849 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1853 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1859 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1861 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1863 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1864 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1866 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1868 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1869 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1870 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1871 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1872 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1873 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1884 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1885 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1888 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1890 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1892 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1893 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1894 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1896 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1898 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1899 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1902 version_string
= "";
1903 else if (vernum
== 1
1904 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1905 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1907 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1908 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1910 const char *nodename
1911 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1912 version_string
= "";
1915 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1916 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1917 version_string
= nodename
;
1921 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1923 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1924 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1928 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1930 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1932 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1934 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1941 return version_string
;
1944 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1947 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1950 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1952 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1955 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1956 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1958 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1959 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1960 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1961 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1963 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1965 const char *section_name
;
1966 const char *name
= NULL
;
1967 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1968 unsigned char st_other
;
1970 const char *version_string
;
1973 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1975 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1976 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1977 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1981 name
= symbol
->name
;
1982 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1985 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1986 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1987 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1988 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1989 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1990 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1991 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1993 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1994 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1996 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1997 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2004 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2009 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2010 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2015 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2016 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2021 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2022 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2023 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2025 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2027 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2030 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2036 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2038 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2041 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2043 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2044 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2047 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2049 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2052 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2053 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2054 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2055 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2058 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2061 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2063 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2064 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2065 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2070 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2071 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2074 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2077 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2078 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2079 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2080 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2081 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2082 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2083 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2084 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2085 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2086 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2089 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2090 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2093 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2095 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2096 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2097 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2100 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2101 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2102 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2104 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2109 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2111 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2113 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2115 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2116 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2117 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2118 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2120 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2121 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2125 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2127 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2128 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2130 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2131 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2133 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2141 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2142 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2145 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2148 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2150 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2152 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2153 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2154 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2159 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2160 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2161 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2164 /* xgettext:c-format */
2165 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2166 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2170 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2171 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2172 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2173 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2175 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2176 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2177 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2178 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2179 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2181 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2182 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2183 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2187 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2188 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2189 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2191 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2192 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2194 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2195 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2198 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2199 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2201 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2203 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2204 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2209 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2211 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2213 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2214 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2219 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2220 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2224 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2225 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2228 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2231 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2233 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2236 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2237 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2238 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2243 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2244 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2245 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2248 /* xgettext:c-format */
2249 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2250 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2254 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2255 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2256 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2257 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2259 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2260 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2261 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2264 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2266 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2268 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2269 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2272 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2275 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2277 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2278 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2279 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2283 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2284 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2287 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2289 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2290 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2294 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2297 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2298 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2302 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2305 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2306 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2307 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2308 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2310 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2315 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2316 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2317 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2318 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2320 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2322 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2323 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2326 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2328 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2331 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2333 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2335 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2336 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2340 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2345 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2347 asection
*target_sect
;
2348 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2349 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2350 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2353 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2354 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2357 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2358 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2361 /* xgettext:c-format */
2362 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2363 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2364 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2369 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2370 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2371 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2372 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2373 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2374 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2375 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2377 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2378 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2379 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2380 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2386 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2388 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2389 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2400 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2403 /* Get the symbol table. */
2404 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2405 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2406 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2409 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2410 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2411 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2412 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2413 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2414 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2415 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2416 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2417 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2418 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2419 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2420 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2421 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2422 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2423 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2424 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2426 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2431 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2434 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2435 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2438 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2439 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2440 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2442 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2444 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2445 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2449 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2452 /* xgettext:c-format */
2453 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2454 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2455 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2460 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2465 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2466 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2467 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2468 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2469 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2470 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2471 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2472 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2473 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2475 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2476 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2478 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2482 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2483 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2485 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2488 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2489 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2492 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2493 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2494 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2497 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2498 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2499 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2500 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2507 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2510 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2516 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2517 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2518 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2520 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2522 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2526 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2527 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2530 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2532 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2533 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2534 for applications? */
2536 /* xgettext:c-format */
2537 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2538 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2541 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2542 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2547 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2548 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2549 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2551 /* xgettext:c-format */
2552 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2553 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2554 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2556 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2557 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2558 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2559 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2560 be rejected with an error message. */
2562 /* xgettext:c-format */
2563 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2564 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2567 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2568 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2573 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2575 /* xgettext:c-format */
2576 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2577 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2585 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2589 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2592 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2594 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2596 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2598 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2600 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2601 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2602 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2604 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2605 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2606 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2609 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2611 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2614 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2617 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2620 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2624 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2626 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2628 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2631 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2634 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2637 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2640 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2641 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2644 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2648 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2649 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2650 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2651 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2659 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2662 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2666 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2669 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2679 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2681 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2682 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2685 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2688 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2691 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2696 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2699 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2702 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2705 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2710 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2713 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2715 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2716 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2718 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2721 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2723 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2727 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2730 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2732 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2733 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2734 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2735 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2736 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2737 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2738 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2741 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2743 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2746 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2749 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2751 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2752 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2753 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2754 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2755 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2758 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2760 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2761 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2762 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2764 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2765 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2766 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2767 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2770 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2772 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2774 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2776 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2777 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2778 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2784 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2787 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2788 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2789 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2795 len
= strlen (name
);
2797 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2800 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2802 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2804 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2807 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2808 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2810 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2812 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2814 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2815 && (suffix_len
== -2
2816 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2822 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2824 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2825 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2835 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2836 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2839 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2840 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2842 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2843 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2846 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2847 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2850 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2851 bed
->special_sections
,
2857 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2860 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2861 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2864 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2869 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2873 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2875 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2877 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2879 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2882 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2886 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2889 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2890 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2891 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2893 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2894 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2895 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2898 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2899 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2902 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2905 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2907 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2908 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2909 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2910 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2912 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2913 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2914 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2915 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2916 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2917 of combined data+bss.
2919 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2920 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2921 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2922 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2923 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2928 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2929 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2931 const char *type_name
)
2938 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2940 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2941 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2942 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2944 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2946 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2947 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2948 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2951 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2952 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2953 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2955 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2956 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2957 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2958 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2959 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2960 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2961 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2963 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2964 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2965 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2967 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2969 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2972 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2974 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2978 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2982 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2983 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2984 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2987 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2988 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2989 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2991 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2992 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2993 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2994 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2995 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2996 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2997 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2998 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2999 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
3001 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3002 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3003 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3005 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3006 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3013 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3015 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3016 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3017 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3023 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3025 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3027 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3030 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3033 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3035 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3036 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3040 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3043 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3046 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3048 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3054 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3057 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3059 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3060 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3064 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3067 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3070 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3071 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3072 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3076 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3080 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3082 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3084 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3085 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3088 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3092 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3094 const char *sec_name
,
3095 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3097 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3098 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3102 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3104 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3106 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3112 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3113 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3114 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3118 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3119 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3120 const char *sec_name
,
3121 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3122 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3124 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3125 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3127 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3128 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3129 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3131 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3132 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3133 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3136 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3137 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3138 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3139 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3140 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3141 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3142 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3143 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3144 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3149 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3152 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3154 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3155 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3157 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3160 struct fake_section_arg
3162 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3166 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3169 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3171 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3173 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3174 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3175 unsigned int sh_type
;
3176 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3177 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3182 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3187 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3191 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3192 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3193 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3197 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3199 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3200 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3201 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3202 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3203 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3206 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3208 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3209 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3211 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3212 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3216 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3217 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3225 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3227 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3228 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3229 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3230 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3231 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3232 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3237 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3242 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3243 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3247 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3249 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3256 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3258 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3259 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3260 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3262 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3264 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3265 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3266 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3267 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3268 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3271 /* xgettext:c-format */
3272 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3273 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3277 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3278 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3279 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3280 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3281 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3282 copy_private_section_data. */
3284 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3285 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3287 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3289 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3290 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3292 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3294 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3295 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3296 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3297 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3298 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3300 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3301 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3302 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3303 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3305 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3306 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3309 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3320 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3321 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3322 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3323 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3331 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3335 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3339 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3340 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3344 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3348 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3349 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3352 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3353 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3354 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3355 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3357 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3358 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3360 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3361 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3364 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3365 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3366 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3367 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3369 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3370 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3372 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3373 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3377 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3381 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3385 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3386 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3387 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3388 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3389 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3390 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3391 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3393 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3394 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3396 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3397 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3398 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3399 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3400 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3402 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3403 if (asect
->size
== 0
3404 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3406 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3408 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3411 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3412 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3413 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3417 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3418 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3420 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3421 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3422 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3423 create the other. */
3424 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3426 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3429 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3430 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3431 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3432 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3434 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3435 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3436 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3441 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3442 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3443 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3449 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3451 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3461 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3462 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3463 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3464 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3470 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3472 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3473 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3474 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3478 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3479 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3480 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3481 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3484 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3486 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3487 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3491 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3493 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3498 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3500 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3502 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3504 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3505 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3509 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3511 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3512 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) == NULL
)
3517 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3519 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3521 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3523 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3524 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3525 set until all local symbols are output. */
3527 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3528 unsigned long symndx
;
3529 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3530 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3532 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3533 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3534 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3535 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3536 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3537 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3539 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3541 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3543 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3544 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3546 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3547 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3548 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3549 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3551 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3554 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3556 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3559 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3561 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3562 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3563 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3570 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3572 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3573 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3574 start of the input section group. */
3575 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3577 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3578 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3579 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3580 directives, not that it matters. */
3587 s
= s
->output_section
;
3589 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3591 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3592 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3594 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3596 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3597 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3599 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3603 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3605 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3606 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3608 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3610 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3613 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3615 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3621 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3626 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3627 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3628 relocations apply. */
3631 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3633 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3634 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3635 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3636 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3641 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3647 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3650 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3653 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3658 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3660 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3661 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3664 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3665 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3666 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3669 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3672 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3673 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3674 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3677 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3678 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3679 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3680 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3683 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3685 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3687 unsigned int section_number
;
3688 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3689 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3690 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3695 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3697 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3698 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3700 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3702 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3703 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3705 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3707 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3709 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3711 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3712 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3713 abfd
->section_count
--;
3716 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3719 /* Count relocations. */
3720 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3723 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3724 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3725 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3728 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3730 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3732 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3733 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3734 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3735 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3738 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3739 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3740 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3747 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3748 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3749 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3755 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3756 || (link_info
== NULL
3757 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3761 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3762 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3763 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3765 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3767 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3769 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3770 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3771 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3773 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3774 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3775 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3778 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3782 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3783 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3784 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3786 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3788 /* xgettext:c-format */
3789 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3790 abfd
, section_number
);
3794 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3795 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3797 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3799 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3800 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3801 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3804 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3805 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3806 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3808 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3812 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3814 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3817 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3818 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3820 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3821 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3822 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3823 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3825 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3826 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3829 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3833 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3835 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3836 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3837 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3838 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3839 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3841 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3843 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3844 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3845 the relocation entries apply. */
3846 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3848 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3849 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3850 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3852 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3854 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3855 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3856 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3859 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3860 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3862 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3863 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3864 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3865 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3866 section has been retained for some reason. */
3869 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3870 if (discarded_section (s
))
3874 /* xgettext:c-format */
3875 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3876 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3877 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3878 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3879 size as the discarded one. */
3880 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3888 /* Handle objcopy. */
3889 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3892 /* xgettext:c-format */
3893 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3894 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3895 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3896 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3899 s
= s
->output_section
;
3900 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3904 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3908 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3909 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3910 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3911 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3912 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3913 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3914 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3916 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3918 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3921 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3922 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3927 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3928 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3929 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3930 field to point to this section. */
3931 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3932 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3937 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3938 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3941 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3942 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3943 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3947 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3949 /* This is a .stab section. */
3950 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3957 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3958 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3959 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3960 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3962 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3964 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3967 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3968 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3969 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3970 the version strings. */
3971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3972 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3974 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3979 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3980 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3981 this hash table or version table is for. */
3982 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3984 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3988 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3992 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3993 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3994 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
4000 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4002 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4003 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4004 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4005 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4007 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4008 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4009 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4012 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4013 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4014 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4015 the beginning of that array.
4017 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4020 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4021 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4023 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4025 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4027 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4028 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4029 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4031 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4034 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4037 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4039 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4042 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4045 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4050 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4051 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4054 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4056 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4061 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4064 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4067 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4068 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4069 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4070 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4071 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4072 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4073 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4074 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4075 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4078 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4079 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4082 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4084 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4085 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4086 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4087 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4088 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4089 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4090 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4091 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4098 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4102 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4104 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4105 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4109 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4110 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4111 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4113 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4114 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4116 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4117 decided to output. */
4118 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4120 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4122 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4124 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4125 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4127 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4129 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4130 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4132 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4136 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4137 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4139 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4141 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4145 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4146 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4147 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4148 at least in that case. */
4149 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4151 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4153 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4160 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4161 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4162 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4163 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4166 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4168 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4171 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4172 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4173 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4178 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4180 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4182 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4184 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4187 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4188 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4191 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4193 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4197 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4199 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4203 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4204 ELF data structure. */
4206 static inline file_ptr
4207 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4209 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4212 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4213 required section alignment. */
4216 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4220 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4221 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4222 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4223 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4224 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4225 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4226 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4230 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4231 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4232 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4235 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4236 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4238 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4239 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4241 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4242 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4243 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4245 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4248 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4249 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4250 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4252 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4255 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4256 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4257 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4261 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4264 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4265 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4266 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4267 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4271 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4272 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4274 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4279 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4286 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4287 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4288 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4289 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4290 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4291 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4292 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4293 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4294 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4295 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4296 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4298 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4304 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4306 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4308 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4309 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4311 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4313 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4314 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4315 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4316 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4319 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4320 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4322 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4324 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4326 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4327 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4329 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4332 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4337 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4338 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4340 static bfd_size_type
4341 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4345 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4347 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4348 and one for data. */
4351 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4352 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4354 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4355 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4356 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4361 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4363 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4367 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4369 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4373 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4375 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4379 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4381 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4385 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4386 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4387 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4389 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4393 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4395 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4396 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4398 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4399 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4401 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4402 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4403 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4404 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4405 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4406 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4407 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4408 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4409 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4410 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4415 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4417 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4419 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4425 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4427 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4428 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4430 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4431 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4432 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4433 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4435 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4438 /* xgettext:c-format */
4439 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4440 "sh_info field: %d"),
4441 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4444 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4445 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4446 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4451 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4452 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4456 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4462 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4465 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4468 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4470 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4471 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4473 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4479 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4480 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4487 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4489 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4490 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4491 asection
**sections
,
4496 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4501 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4502 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4503 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4507 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4508 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4509 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4510 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4512 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4514 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4515 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4516 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4522 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4525 struct elf_segment_map
*
4526 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4528 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4530 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4531 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4535 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4537 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4542 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4545 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4546 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4547 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4549 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4550 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4552 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4553 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4554 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4555 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4557 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4560 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4562 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4564 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4565 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4566 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4568 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4572 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4574 if (remove_empty_load
4575 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4577 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4583 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4584 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4586 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4593 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4594 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4596 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4599 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4602 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4603 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4605 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4607 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4610 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4612 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4616 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4617 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4620 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4621 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4623 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4624 bfd_boolean writable
;
4625 bfd_boolean executable
;
4626 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4627 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4628 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4629 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4631 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4632 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4633 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4635 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4637 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4638 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4639 if (sections
== NULL
)
4642 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4643 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4645 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4646 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4649 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4651 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4653 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4654 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4656 s
->target_index
= i
;
4659 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4660 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4661 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4664 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4667 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4669 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4670 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4671 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4672 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4673 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4675 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4676 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4678 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4680 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4681 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4682 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4683 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4684 been left for them. */
4685 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4687 /* Build the mapping. */
4691 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4692 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4694 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4695 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4697 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4698 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4702 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4704 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4705 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4706 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4710 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4711 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4715 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4723 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4724 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4725 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4731 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4733 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4736 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4737 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4739 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4740 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4741 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4742 program headers we will need. */
4743 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4745 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4746 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4748 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4750 && info
->separate_code
4751 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4753 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4754 thus not executable, and the first section is
4755 executable then put the file and program headers in
4756 their own PT_LOAD. */
4757 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4758 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4759 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4761 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4762 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4763 previous page if we can. */
4764 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4765 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4767 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4770 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4771 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4772 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4773 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4774 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4775 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4776 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4777 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4779 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4780 else if (separate_phdr
)
4782 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4785 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4787 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4788 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4791 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4795 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4798 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4802 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4805 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4807 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4808 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4809 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4811 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4813 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4814 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4818 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4819 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4821 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4822 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4825 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4826 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4827 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4829 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4830 pages onto the same memory page. */
4831 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4833 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4834 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4835 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4836 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4837 section can be included in the current segment. */
4838 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4839 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4840 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4841 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4843 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4844 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4847 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4848 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4850 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4851 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4852 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4853 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4856 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4858 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4859 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4860 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4861 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4863 else if (info
!= NULL
4864 && info
->separate_code
4865 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4870 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4872 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4878 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4879 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4882 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4883 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4885 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4887 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4893 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4895 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4898 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4899 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4903 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4904 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4906 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4913 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4918 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4924 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4925 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4927 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4930 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4932 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4933 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4934 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4936 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4944 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4947 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4954 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4955 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4956 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4957 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4958 in the output file. */
4959 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4961 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4962 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4965 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4968 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4970 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4971 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4972 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
4973 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
4980 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4981 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
4982 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4986 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4990 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4991 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4994 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4995 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4999 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5005 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5006 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5010 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5013 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5014 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5015 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5020 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5021 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5023 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5025 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5027 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5030 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5033 while (i
< tls_count
)
5035 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5037 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5041 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5044 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5056 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5057 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5058 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5059 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5060 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5062 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5063 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5064 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5066 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5069 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5070 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5074 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5075 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5077 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5079 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5085 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5086 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5087 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5089 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5090 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5094 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5096 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5103 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5105 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5106 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5107 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5109 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5110 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5114 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5116 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5122 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5124 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5125 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5129 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5130 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5131 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5132 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5133 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5134 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5136 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5137 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5144 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5146 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5148 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5150 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5151 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5154 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5156 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5157 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5158 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5162 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5167 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5170 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5171 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5175 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5182 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5185 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5188 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5190 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5199 /* Sort sections by address. */
5202 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5204 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5205 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5206 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5208 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5209 place the section into a segment. */
5210 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5212 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5215 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5216 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5217 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5219 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5222 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5224 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5232 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5237 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5238 before others at the same address. */
5240 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5241 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5248 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5251 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5252 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5255 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5257 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5258 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5260 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5262 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5264 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5266 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5268 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5269 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5270 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5271 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5272 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5274 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5276 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5278 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5280 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5282 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5285 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5287 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5289 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5291 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5294 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5296 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5297 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5301 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5303 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5304 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5305 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5306 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5307 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5310 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5311 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5313 /* In other words, something like:
5315 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5316 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5317 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5318 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5320 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5322 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5325 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5327 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5328 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5330 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5334 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5337 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5342 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5343 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5344 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5345 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5346 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5347 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5349 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5350 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5354 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5355 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5356 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5362 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5367 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5369 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5372 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5377 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5378 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5382 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5383 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5385 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5386 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5387 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5388 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5389 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5390 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5391 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5392 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5394 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5395 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5397 if (link_info
== NULL
5398 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5402 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5407 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5408 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5412 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5413 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5414 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5417 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5419 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5422 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5426 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5427 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5428 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5429 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5434 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5438 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5439 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5440 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5441 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5442 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5444 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5445 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5446 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5447 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5448 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5449 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5450 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5454 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5456 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5457 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5458 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5459 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5460 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5461 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5463 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5464 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5466 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5467 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5468 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5473 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5477 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5478 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5480 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5481 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5482 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5483 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5484 position after the ELF file header. */
5485 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5486 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5488 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5489 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5491 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5497 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5498 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5500 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5503 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5504 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5506 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5507 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5508 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5509 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5510 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5511 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5513 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5514 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5517 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5519 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5521 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5522 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5523 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5526 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5528 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5529 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5531 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5532 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5533 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5534 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5535 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5536 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5537 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5539 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5540 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5542 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5544 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5545 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5546 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5547 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5549 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5551 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5553 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5556 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5558 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5561 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5562 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5564 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5568 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5570 unsigned int secalign
;
5572 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5573 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5574 align_power
= secalign
;
5576 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5577 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5578 align
= maxpagesize
;
5581 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5582 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5583 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5584 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5585 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5586 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5588 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5591 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5592 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5594 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5598 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5600 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5601 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5604 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5605 && bed
->no_page_alias
5606 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5607 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5608 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5609 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5613 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5614 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5615 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5616 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5617 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5618 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5619 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5620 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5625 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5626 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5627 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5629 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5632 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5633 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5635 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5638 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5639 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5640 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5641 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5643 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5645 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5647 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5648 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5649 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5653 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5654 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5655 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5658 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5659 " try linking with -N"),
5661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5665 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5669 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5671 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5672 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5673 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5674 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5678 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5680 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5682 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5683 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5684 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5686 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5688 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5691 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5692 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5693 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5696 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5698 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5699 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5700 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5701 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5702 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5703 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5704 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5705 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5708 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5712 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5713 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5715 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5720 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5721 without file contents somewhere within the first
5722 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5723 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5724 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5728 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5733 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5735 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5737 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5738 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5742 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5743 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5744 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5745 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5746 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5747 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5750 bfd_size_type align
;
5751 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5754 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5755 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5757 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5758 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5759 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5760 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5761 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5762 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5764 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5765 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5766 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5767 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5771 || p_end
< p_start
))
5774 /* xgettext:c-format */
5775 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5776 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5777 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5779 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5781 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5783 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5785 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5788 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5790 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5791 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5793 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5794 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5798 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5799 as would seem proper for their address when the
5800 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5801 doesn't really have any significance for
5802 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5803 relative to other sections. Historically we
5804 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5805 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5806 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5807 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5810 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5811 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5814 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5815 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5818 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5820 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5824 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5825 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5826 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5832 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5841 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5843 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5844 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5845 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5847 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5848 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5849 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5851 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5852 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5853 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5854 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5855 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5856 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5858 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5860 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5863 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5865 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5866 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5867 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5868 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5869 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5870 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5872 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5874 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5875 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5877 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5879 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5880 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5883 if (align
> p
->p_align
5884 && !m
->p_align_valid
5885 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5886 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5890 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5893 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5895 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5902 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5903 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5904 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5905 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5906 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5907 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5909 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5910 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5911 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5912 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5913 " by LOAD segment"),
5915 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5917 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5918 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5919 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5922 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5923 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5924 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5926 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5928 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5929 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5930 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5931 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5932 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5933 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5935 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5940 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5942 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5945 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5946 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5947 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5948 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5951 /* xgettext:c-format */
5952 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5954 print_segment_map (m
);
5960 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5962 if (link_info
!= NULL
5963 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5964 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5966 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5967 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5968 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5970 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5971 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5972 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5973 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5975 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5976 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5977 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5978 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5981 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
5983 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
5984 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5985 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
5987 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5988 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5989 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
5997 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5998 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6002 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6003 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6006 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6007 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6015 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6016 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6017 use heuristics instead. */
6020 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6022 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6025 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6026 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6027 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6029 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6031 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6033 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6034 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6035 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6036 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6037 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6044 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6045 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6048 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6049 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6051 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6052 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6054 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6055 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6056 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6058 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6060 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6061 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6062 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6063 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6065 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6068 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6069 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6070 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6071 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6072 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6073 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6075 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6076 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6077 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6078 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6079 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6080 so do not warn about them. */
6081 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6083 /* xgettext:c-format */
6084 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6086 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6088 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6089 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6090 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6091 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6094 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6096 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6099 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6100 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6101 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6102 not been decided. */
6103 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6104 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6105 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6106 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6107 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6108 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6109 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6110 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6111 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6112 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6114 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6116 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6118 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6119 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6120 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6121 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6123 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6125 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6128 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6130 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6131 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6132 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6133 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6134 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6136 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6138 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6140 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6141 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6152 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6153 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6156 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6158 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6160 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6162 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6164 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6165 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6166 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6168 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6174 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6175 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6177 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6186 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6187 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6188 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6189 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6190 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6192 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6193 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6194 In cases where the end does not match any
6195 loaded section (for instance is in file
6196 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6197 the end of loaded section contents. */
6198 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6199 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6201 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6202 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6203 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6204 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6205 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6207 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6209 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6215 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6218 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6220 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6222 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6223 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6225 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6229 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6230 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6231 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6233 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6234 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6235 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6241 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6243 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6245 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6246 "and/or program header"),
6247 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6252 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6253 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6255 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6256 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6257 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6259 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6271 static elf_section_list
*
6272 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6274 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6280 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6281 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6282 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6284 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6285 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6286 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6287 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6288 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6289 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6290 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6291 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6293 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6296 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6297 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6299 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6300 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6304 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6305 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6307 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6308 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6309 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6313 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6314 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6316 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6317 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6318 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6319 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6324 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6325 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6326 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6328 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6329 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6330 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6331 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6332 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6333 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6334 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6335 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6336 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6338 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6341 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6344 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6345 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6349 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6350 assignment of sections to segments. */
6351 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6354 /* And for non-load sections. */
6355 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6359 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6362 /* Write out the program headers. */
6363 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6366 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6367 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6375 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6376 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6378 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6379 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6380 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6382 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6384 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6385 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6388 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6390 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6391 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6392 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6393 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6395 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6396 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6397 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6398 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6400 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6401 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6402 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6403 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6404 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6405 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6407 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6409 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6411 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6412 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6415 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6416 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6417 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6418 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6419 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6420 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6421 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6422 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6424 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6427 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6430 /* No program header, for now. */
6431 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6432 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6435 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6436 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6437 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6439 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6440 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6441 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6442 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6443 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6444 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6445 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6446 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6447 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6453 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6455 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6456 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6457 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6458 changed or the programs updated. */
6461 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6463 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6465 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6466 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6467 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6468 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6469 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6471 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6472 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6473 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6474 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6475 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6477 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6478 segments is non-zero. */
6480 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6485 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6486 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6489 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6492 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6493 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6494 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6495 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6497 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6499 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6500 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6501 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6504 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6506 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6507 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6508 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6509 bfd_boolean is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6512 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6514 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6516 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6517 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6519 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6520 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6524 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6525 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6527 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6528 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6530 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6531 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6535 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6536 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6539 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6541 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6543 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6545 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6550 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6555 /* Update section size and contents. */
6556 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6557 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6558 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6562 /* Update section size and contents. */
6563 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6564 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6567 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6574 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6576 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6577 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6578 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6579 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6581 /* Place the section headers. */
6582 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6583 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6584 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6585 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6586 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6587 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6593 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6595 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6598 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6599 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6601 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6602 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6604 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6605 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6606 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6607 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6609 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6610 already been written to the BFD. */
6611 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6613 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6617 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6620 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6624 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6627 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6628 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6629 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6631 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6632 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6633 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6634 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6635 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6637 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6639 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6641 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6642 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6647 /* Write out the section header names. */
6648 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6649 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6650 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6651 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6654 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6657 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6660 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6661 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6662 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6668 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6670 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6671 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6674 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6677 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6679 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6680 unsigned int sec_index
;
6682 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6683 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6684 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6686 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6687 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6688 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6689 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6690 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6691 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6693 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6695 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6696 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6698 int retval
= sec_index
;
6700 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6704 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6705 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6710 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6714 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6716 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6718 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6720 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6721 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6722 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6723 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6724 input sections rather than the output section. */
6725 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6726 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6727 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6732 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6733 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6734 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6735 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6736 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6737 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6738 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6741 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6745 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6746 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6748 /* xgettext:c-format */
6749 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6750 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6758 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6759 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6767 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6770 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6772 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6773 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6774 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6775 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6776 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6779 unsigned int num_segments
;
6780 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6781 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6782 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6783 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6784 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6785 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6786 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6788 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6789 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6792 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6794 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6795 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6797 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6798 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6799 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6800 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6802 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6803 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6804 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6805 ? section->size : 0)
6807 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6808 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6809 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6810 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6811 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6812 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6814 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6815 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6816 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6817 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6818 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6819 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6820 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6822 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6823 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6824 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6825 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6826 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6827 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6828 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6830 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6832 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6834 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6838 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6839 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6840 p_memsz set to 0. */
6841 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6843 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6844 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6845 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6846 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6848 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6849 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6850 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6852 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6853 A section will be included if:
6854 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6855 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6856 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6858 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6859 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6860 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6861 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6862 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6863 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6864 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6865 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6866 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6867 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6868 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6869 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6870 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6871 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6872 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6873 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6874 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6875 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6876 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6877 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6878 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6879 || (segment->p_paddr \
6880 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6881 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6882 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6883 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6885 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6886 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6887 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6888 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6889 && section->output_section != NULL)
6891 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6892 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6893 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6895 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6896 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6897 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6898 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6899 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6901 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6902 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6903 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6904 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6905 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6907 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6908 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6909 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6911 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6912 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6913 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6914 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6915 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6916 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6919 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6921 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6925 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6926 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6927 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6928 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6929 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6934 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6936 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6937 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6938 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6940 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6941 assignment code will work. */
6942 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6946 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6948 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6949 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6950 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6954 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6955 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6957 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6959 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6960 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6963 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6964 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6966 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6968 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6969 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6971 if (extra_length
> 0)
6973 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6974 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6977 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6979 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6981 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6986 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6988 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6989 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6991 if (extra_length
> 0)
6993 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6994 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6997 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7002 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7003 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7007 unsigned int section_count
;
7008 asection
**sections
;
7009 asection
*output_section
;
7011 asection
*matching_lma
;
7012 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7015 asection
*first_section
;
7017 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7020 first_section
= NULL
;
7021 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7022 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7024 section
= section
->next
)
7026 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7027 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7028 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7030 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7031 first_section
= section
;
7032 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7037 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7038 all of the sections we have selected. */
7039 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7040 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7041 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7045 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7046 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7048 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7049 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7050 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7052 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7053 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7055 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7057 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7058 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7061 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7062 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7063 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7064 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7065 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7067 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7069 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7070 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7071 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7072 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7073 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7075 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7076 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7079 if (section_count
== 0)
7081 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7082 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7083 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7084 a warning is produced.
7085 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7086 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7087 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7088 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7089 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7090 /* xgettext:c-format */
7092 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7093 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7094 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7096 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7098 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7099 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7104 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7105 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7106 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7107 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7109 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7110 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7113 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7114 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7115 of the first section.
7117 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7118 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7119 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7120 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7121 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7123 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7124 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7125 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7126 or segments to contain the other sections.
7128 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7129 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7130 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7132 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7133 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7134 if (sections
== NULL
)
7137 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7138 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7139 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7140 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7141 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7144 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7145 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7147 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7149 section
= section
->next
)
7151 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7153 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7155 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7157 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7158 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7159 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7160 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7162 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7163 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7165 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7166 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7167 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7168 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7169 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7170 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7172 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7173 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7174 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7176 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7177 LMA address of the output section. */
7178 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7180 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7181 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7182 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7184 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7185 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7186 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7188 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7189 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7191 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7193 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7194 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7196 if (j
== section_count
)
7201 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7203 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7205 if (isec
== section_count
)
7207 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7208 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7209 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7210 program header in the input BFD. */
7211 map
->count
= section_count
;
7212 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7213 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7216 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7218 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7219 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7220 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7221 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7222 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7224 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7226 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7227 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7235 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7236 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7237 section fitted, the first section. */
7238 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7239 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7241 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7243 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7244 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7245 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7247 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7249 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7250 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7251 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7252 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7253 offset when we know the correct value. */
7254 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7255 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7258 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7260 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7261 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7262 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7263 first section lma, but there may have been some
7264 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7265 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7266 the same alignment. */
7267 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7268 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7269 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7273 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7274 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7275 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7276 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7277 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7278 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7284 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7286 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7287 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7289 section
= sections
[j
];
7291 if (section
== NULL
)
7294 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7296 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7298 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7300 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7302 if (map
->count
== 0)
7304 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7305 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7307 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7308 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7309 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7310 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7311 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7313 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7314 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7321 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7323 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7324 and the start of this section is more than
7325 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7326 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7328 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7329 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7330 > output_section
->lma
))
7332 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7333 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7339 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7342 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7343 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7345 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7346 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7349 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7350 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7351 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7352 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7353 So allow a count of zero. */
7355 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7356 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7357 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7359 if (isec
< section_count
)
7361 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7362 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7363 and carry on looping. */
7364 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7365 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7366 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7373 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7374 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7375 not yet been assigned. */
7377 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7378 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7379 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7380 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7381 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7382 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7383 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7388 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7392 while (isec
< section_count
);
7397 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7399 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7400 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7401 the offset if necessary. */
7402 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7406 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7409 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7410 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7411 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7413 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7414 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7417 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7418 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7425 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7426 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7428 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7429 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7430 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7431 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7432 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7433 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7437 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7440 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7442 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7443 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7444 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7445 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7446 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7448 unsigned int num_segments
;
7449 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7450 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7451 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7453 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7456 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7458 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7459 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7460 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7461 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7462 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7465 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7467 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7471 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7476 unsigned int section_count
;
7478 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7479 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7480 asection
*lowest_section
;
7482 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7483 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7485 section
= section
->next
)
7487 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7488 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7490 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7491 first_section
= section
;
7496 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7497 all of the sections we have selected. */
7498 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7499 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7500 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7504 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7507 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7508 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7509 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7510 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7511 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7512 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7513 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7514 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7516 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7517 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7519 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7520 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7521 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7522 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7523 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7525 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7526 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7529 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7530 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7531 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7532 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7534 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7535 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7537 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7538 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7539 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7540 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7541 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7543 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7544 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7547 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7548 if (section_count
!= 0)
7550 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7552 for (section
= first_section
;
7554 section
= section
->next
)
7556 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7557 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7559 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7560 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7564 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7565 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7566 lowest_section
= section
;
7568 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7569 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7570 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7571 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7573 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7574 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7576 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7577 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7578 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7580 if (isec
== section_count
)
7586 if (section_count
== 0)
7587 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7588 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7590 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7591 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7592 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7593 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7594 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7595 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7597 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7598 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7601 map
->count
= section_count
;
7602 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7603 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7606 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7610 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7614 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7616 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7617 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7620 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7623 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7625 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7626 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7627 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7628 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7629 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7630 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7631 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7633 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7635 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7636 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7639 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7640 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7641 section
= section
->next
)
7642 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7644 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7645 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7649 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7650 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7651 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7652 map in this case. */
7653 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7654 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7655 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7658 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7659 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7661 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7662 from the input BFD. */
7663 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7665 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7667 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7668 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7669 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7671 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7672 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7674 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7675 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7676 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7677 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7678 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7679 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7685 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7687 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7688 section
= section
->next
)
7690 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7693 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7696 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7700 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7702 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7703 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7704 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7706 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7707 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7709 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7712 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7713 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7715 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7716 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7717 /* xgettext:c-format */
7718 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7719 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7720 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7722 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7725 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7726 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7729 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7732 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7735 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7739 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7742 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7743 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7744 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7746 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7747 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7750 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7752 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7753 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7754 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7755 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7756 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7757 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7758 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7759 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7760 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7761 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7762 are different the user may be doing something like
7763 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7764 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7765 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7766 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7768 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7769 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7770 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7772 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7773 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7774 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7776 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7777 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7778 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7779 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7780 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7782 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7783 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7784 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7785 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7786 if ((link_info
== NULL
7787 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7788 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7789 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7791 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7792 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7793 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7794 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7797 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7798 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7799 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7802 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7804 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7805 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7806 may be NULL at this point. */
7807 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7809 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7810 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7811 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7814 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7819 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7820 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7823 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7828 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7830 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7831 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7834 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7835 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7837 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7839 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7840 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7841 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7842 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7843 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7845 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7849 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7850 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7851 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7852 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7853 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7857 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7861 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7862 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7864 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7865 asection
*s
= first
;
7866 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7870 /* If this member section is being output but the
7871 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7872 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7873 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7874 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7876 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7877 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7881 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7882 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7883 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7885 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7886 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7889 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7890 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7892 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7893 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7898 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7900 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7901 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7903 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7904 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7908 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7914 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7916 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7917 adjust the input section size. */
7918 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7919 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7920 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7921 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7924 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7929 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7931 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7932 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7934 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7935 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7944 /* Copy private header information. */
7947 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7949 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7950 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7953 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7954 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7955 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7956 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7957 already been worked out. */
7958 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7960 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7964 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7967 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7968 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7969 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7970 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7971 swap_out_syms function. */
7973 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7974 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7975 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7976 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7977 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7980 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7985 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7987 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7988 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7991 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
7992 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
7995 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7997 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8001 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8002 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8003 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8004 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8005 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8006 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8008 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8009 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8010 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8011 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8012 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8018 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8021 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8022 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8024 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8026 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8027 unsigned int symcount
;
8029 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8031 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8032 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8033 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8034 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8035 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8036 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8037 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
8039 unsigned int num_locals
;
8041 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
8043 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8046 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8047 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8051 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8052 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8053 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8054 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8055 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8056 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8057 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8058 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8060 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8061 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8063 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8064 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8065 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8067 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8068 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8072 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8073 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8076 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8079 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8082 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8083 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8085 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8086 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
8088 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8090 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8091 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8093 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8094 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8096 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8097 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8100 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8101 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8102 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8103 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8104 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8106 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8109 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8111 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8112 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8118 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8119 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8120 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8121 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8122 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8123 outbound_syms_index
++;
8124 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8125 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8129 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8130 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8132 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8133 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8135 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8136 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8137 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8138 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8141 if (!name_local_sections
8142 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8144 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8145 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8149 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8150 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8152 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8154 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8158 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8160 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8161 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8163 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8164 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8165 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8166 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8167 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8168 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8169 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8171 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8172 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8173 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8177 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8180 if (sec
->output_section
)
8182 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8183 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8186 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8187 if (! relocatable_p
)
8189 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8190 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8192 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8194 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8196 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8197 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8198 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8199 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8203 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8206 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8209 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8212 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8215 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8216 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8223 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8225 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8226 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8227 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8231 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8232 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8233 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8242 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8244 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8248 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8249 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8250 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8251 demand of applications. For example, it
8252 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8253 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8254 actually in the output file. */
8255 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8257 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8258 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8260 /* xgettext:c-format */
8262 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8263 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8264 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8266 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8272 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8275 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8277 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8278 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8279 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8281 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8283 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8285 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8290 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8293 /* Processor-specific types. */
8294 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8295 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8296 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8297 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8299 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8301 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8302 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8304 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8306 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8308 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8310 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8311 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8312 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8314 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8315 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8317 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8319 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8320 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8324 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8325 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8328 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8330 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8332 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8333 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8334 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8336 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8339 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8342 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8344 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8345 sym
.st_target_internal
8346 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8351 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8355 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8356 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8357 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8359 outbound_syms_index
++;
8360 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8361 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8364 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8365 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8367 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8368 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8370 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8371 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8372 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8374 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8375 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8376 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8377 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8380 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8382 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8384 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8385 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8387 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8388 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8393 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8394 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8395 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8396 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8397 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8398 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8399 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8400 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8405 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8407 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8408 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8409 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8412 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8414 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8416 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8418 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8419 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8421 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8424 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8426 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8427 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8429 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8431 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8433 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8442 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8444 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8446 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8448 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8454 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8455 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8457 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8460 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8462 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8463 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8465 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8467 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8469 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8478 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8480 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8482 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8483 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8485 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8486 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8488 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8490 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8495 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8496 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8498 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8502 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8505 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8508 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8515 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8517 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8520 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8521 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8522 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8526 return section
->reloc_count
;
8530 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8533 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8536 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8541 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8542 asymbol
**allocation
)
8544 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8545 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8548 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8552 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8553 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8554 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8555 dynamic reloc section. */
8558 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8560 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8563 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8565 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8571 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8572 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8573 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8574 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8576 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8577 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8582 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8583 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8589 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8591 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8592 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8593 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8595 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8599 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8602 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8603 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8604 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8605 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8606 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8607 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8608 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8611 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8615 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8625 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8627 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8629 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8630 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8631 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8636 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8638 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8640 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8651 /* Read in the version information. */
8654 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8656 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8657 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8660 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8662 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8663 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8664 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8666 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8668 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8670 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8671 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8673 error_return_bad_verref
:
8675 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8676 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8677 error_return_verref
:
8678 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8679 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8683 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8684 goto error_return_verref
;
8685 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8686 if (contents
== NULL
)
8687 goto error_return_verref
;
8689 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8691 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8692 goto error_return_verref
;
8694 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8695 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8696 goto error_return_verref
;
8698 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8699 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8700 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8701 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8702 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8703 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8705 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8706 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8709 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8711 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8713 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8714 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8716 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8717 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8719 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8720 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8723 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8724 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8727 goto error_return_verref
;
8729 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8730 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8731 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8732 goto error_return_verref
;
8735 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8736 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8737 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8739 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8740 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8741 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8742 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8744 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8746 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8747 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8748 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8749 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8750 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8752 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8753 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8755 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8756 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8758 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8761 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8762 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8764 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8765 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8766 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8768 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8769 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8772 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8773 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8775 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8776 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8778 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8779 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8780 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8782 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8783 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8785 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8791 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8793 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8794 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8795 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8796 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8797 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8799 unsigned int maxidx
;
8800 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8802 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8804 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8806 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8808 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8809 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8810 error_return_verdef
:
8811 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8812 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8816 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8817 goto error_return_verdef
;
8818 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8819 if (contents
== NULL
)
8820 goto error_return_verdef
;
8822 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8823 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8824 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8825 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8826 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8827 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8829 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8830 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8832 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8834 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8836 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8838 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8839 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8840 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8841 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8843 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8846 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8847 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8848 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8850 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8851 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8854 if (default_imported_symver
)
8856 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8861 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8864 goto error_return_verdef
;
8866 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8867 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8868 goto error_return_verdef
;
8870 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8872 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8873 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8874 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8876 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8877 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8880 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8882 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8883 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8885 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8886 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8888 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8890 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8891 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8894 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8895 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8897 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8898 goto error_return_verdef
;
8900 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8901 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8902 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8903 goto error_return_verdef
;
8907 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8908 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8910 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8911 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8912 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8913 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8915 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8917 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8918 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8919 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8920 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8921 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8923 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8924 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8926 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8929 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8930 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8932 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8933 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8934 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8936 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8937 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8940 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8941 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8942 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8944 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8945 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8947 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8948 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8950 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8951 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8957 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8964 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8966 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8969 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8970 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8976 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8977 if (default_imported_symver
)
8979 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8980 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8982 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8984 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8985 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8986 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8987 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8989 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8991 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8992 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8993 goto error_return_verdef
;
8994 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8995 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8996 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8997 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8998 goto error_return_verdef
;
9000 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9001 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9012 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9014 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9016 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9019 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9020 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9024 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9028 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9031 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9032 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9036 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9039 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9040 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9043 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9044 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9045 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9048 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9049 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9050 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9051 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9052 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9053 we treat such symbols as local. */
9054 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9057 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9058 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9059 These labels have the form:
9061 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9063 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9065 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9066 so we only need to match the rest. */
9067 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9069 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9073 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9075 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9077 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9078 /* A fake symbol. */
9081 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9082 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9083 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9084 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9085 other than some kind of local ? */
9102 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9103 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9110 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9111 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9112 unsigned long machine
)
9114 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9115 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9116 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9117 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9118 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9121 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9124 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9125 for error reporting. */
9128 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9132 const char **filename_ptr
,
9133 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9134 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9135 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9139 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9140 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9141 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9142 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9143 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9146 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9147 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9149 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9150 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9151 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9156 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9157 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9158 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9159 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9161 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9164 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9167 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9168 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9175 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9178 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9179 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9181 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9182 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9183 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9184 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9187 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9188 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9189 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9190 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9191 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9194 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9195 const char **filename_ptr
,
9196 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9197 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9200 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9201 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9202 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9207 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9209 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9210 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9212 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9214 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9216 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9218 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9221 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9222 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9225 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9228 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9236 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9238 const void *location
,
9240 bfd_size_type count
)
9242 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9245 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9246 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9252 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9253 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9255 unsigned char *contents
;
9257 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9258 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9262 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9265 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9267 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9271 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9274 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9277 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9281 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9282 if (contents
== NULL
)
9285 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9288 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9292 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9296 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9297 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9298 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9305 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9306 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9307 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9313 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9316 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9318 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9320 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9322 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9323 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9325 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9326 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9328 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9330 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9333 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9336 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9339 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9342 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9345 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9348 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9354 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9356 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9358 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9359 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9361 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9366 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9372 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9375 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9378 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9381 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9384 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9390 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9394 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9402 /* xgettext:c-format */
9403 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9404 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9405 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9410 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9412 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9414 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9415 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9417 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9418 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9419 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9422 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9425 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9426 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9427 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9430 bfd_reloc_status_type
9431 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9432 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9433 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9434 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9435 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9437 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9440 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9441 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9442 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9443 out details about the corefile. */
9445 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9446 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9449 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9450 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9453 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9457 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9459 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9464 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9465 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9466 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9470 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9474 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9477 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9481 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9482 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9483 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9487 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9488 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9489 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9490 such a section already exists.
9491 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9492 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9493 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9495 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9501 char *threaded_name
;
9505 /* Build the section name. */
9507 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9508 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9509 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9510 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9512 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9514 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9519 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9520 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9522 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9526 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9529 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9535 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9536 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9537 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9542 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9544 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9548 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9551 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9556 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9560 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9561 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9562 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9564 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9565 has already been set by another thread. */
9566 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9567 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9568 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9569 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9571 /* pr_who exists on:
9574 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9577 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9578 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9580 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9583 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9584 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9586 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9587 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9589 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9590 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9591 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9593 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9594 has already been set by another thread. */
9595 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9596 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9597 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9598 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9600 /* pr_who exists on:
9603 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9606 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9607 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9609 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9612 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9615 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9616 note size (ie. data object type). */
9620 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9621 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9622 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9624 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9626 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9628 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9630 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9632 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9633 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9636 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9637 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9638 data structure apart. */
9641 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9643 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9646 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9647 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9651 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9653 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9656 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9657 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9658 contents literally. */
9661 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9663 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9667 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9669 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9673 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9675 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9679 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9681 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9685 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9691 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9693 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9697 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9699 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9703 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9705 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9709 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9711 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9715 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9717 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9721 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9723 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9727 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9729 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9733 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9735 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9739 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9741 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9745 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9747 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9751 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9753 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9757 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9759 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9763 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9765 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9769 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9771 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9775 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9777 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9781 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9787 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9789 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9793 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9795 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9799 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9801 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9805 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9807 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9811 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9813 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9817 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9823 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9825 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9829 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9831 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9835 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9837 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9841 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9843 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9847 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9849 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9853 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9855 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9859 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9865 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9867 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9871 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9873 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9876 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9877 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9878 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9879 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9883 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9884 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9885 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9886 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9890 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9891 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9892 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9895 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9898 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9906 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9910 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9916 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9918 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9920 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9922 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9924 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9926 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9927 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9929 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9930 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9931 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9933 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9934 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9935 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9937 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9938 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9940 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9941 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9943 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9945 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9946 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9948 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9949 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9950 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9952 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9953 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9954 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9960 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9961 note size (ie. data object type). */
9965 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9966 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9967 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9970 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9971 int n
= strlen (command
);
9973 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9974 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9979 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9981 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9983 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9985 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9986 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9987 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9993 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9995 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9997 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9998 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10000 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10003 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10008 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10009 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10010 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10014 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10016 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10018 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10020 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10026 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10027 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10028 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10033 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10035 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10036 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10038 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10039 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10041 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10043 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10044 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10045 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10048 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10050 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10054 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10055 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10056 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10057 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10060 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10061 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10062 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10065 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10067 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10070 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10072 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10073 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10074 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10077 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10079 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10083 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10084 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10085 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10086 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10089 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10090 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10091 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10094 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10096 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10098 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10100 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10101 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10102 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10103 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10104 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10105 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10108 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10113 unsigned int name_size
;
10116 int is_active_thread
;
10119 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10122 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10125 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10128 const char *type_name
;
10129 unsigned long min_size
;
10132 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10133 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10134 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10135 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10138 if (type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10141 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10143 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10144 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10150 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10151 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10152 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10153 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10156 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10157 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10159 /* thread_info.tid */
10160 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10162 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10163 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10167 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10169 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10173 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10174 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10175 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10176 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10177 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10179 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10180 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10182 if (is_active_thread
)
10183 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10187 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10188 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10189 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10190 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10192 /* module_info.base_address */
10193 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10194 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10195 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10196 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10198 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10200 /* module_info.base_address */
10201 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10202 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10203 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10204 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10207 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10208 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10212 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10214 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10219 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10221 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10222 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10226 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10227 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10228 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10239 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10241 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10243 switch (note
->type
)
10249 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10250 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10252 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10253 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10258 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10260 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10263 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10265 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10268 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10269 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10271 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10272 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10274 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10275 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10276 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10277 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10281 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10282 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10283 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10284 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10289 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10290 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10291 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10296 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10297 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10298 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10303 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10304 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10305 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10310 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10311 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10312 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10317 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10318 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10319 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10324 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10325 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10326 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10331 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10332 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10333 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10337 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10338 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10339 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10340 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10344 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10345 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10346 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10347 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10351 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10352 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10353 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10354 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10358 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10359 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10360 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10361 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10365 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10366 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10367 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10368 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10372 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10373 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10374 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10375 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10379 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10380 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10381 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10382 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10386 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10387 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10388 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10389 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10393 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10394 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10395 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10396 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10400 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10401 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10402 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10403 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10407 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10408 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10409 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10410 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10414 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10415 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10416 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10417 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10422 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10423 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10424 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10428 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10429 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10430 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10431 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10435 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10436 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10437 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10438 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10442 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10443 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10444 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10445 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10450 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10451 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10452 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10456 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10457 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10458 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10459 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10463 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10464 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10465 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10466 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10470 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10471 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10472 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10473 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10477 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10478 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10479 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10480 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10485 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10486 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10487 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10492 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10493 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10494 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10499 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10500 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10501 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10505 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10506 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10507 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10508 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10512 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10513 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10514 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10515 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10520 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10521 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10522 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10526 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10527 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10528 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10529 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10535 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10536 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10538 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10539 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10545 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10548 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10552 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10559 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10561 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10563 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10566 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10567 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10570 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10571 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10572 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10578 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10580 switch (note
->type
)
10585 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10586 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10588 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10589 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10594 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10596 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10597 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10598 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10600 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10601 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10602 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10604 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10610 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10612 switch (note
->type
)
10615 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10623 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10627 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10630 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10635 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10643 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10644 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10649 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10650 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10654 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10658 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10659 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10660 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10663 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10664 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10665 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10668 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10671 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10672 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10675 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10676 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10682 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10688 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10689 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10690 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10694 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10698 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10699 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10706 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10709 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10710 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10713 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10714 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10715 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10717 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10722 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10726 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10729 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10730 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10731 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10732 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10735 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10737 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10740 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10741 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10744 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10745 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10748 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10749 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10750 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10754 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10756 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10758 switch (note
->type
)
10761 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10762 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10764 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10767 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10770 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10772 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10773 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10774 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10778 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10779 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10782 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10783 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10786 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10787 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10790 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10791 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10793 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10794 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10795 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10799 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10800 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10804 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10812 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10816 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10819 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10826 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10828 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10831 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10832 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10833 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10835 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10836 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10837 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10839 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10840 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10841 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10843 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10848 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10852 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10853 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10855 switch (note
->type
)
10857 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10858 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10859 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10860 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10861 creates a core file. */
10862 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10863 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10864 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10865 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10866 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10868 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
10869 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
10870 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
10871 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
10878 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
10879 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10880 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10883 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10887 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10889 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10890 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10892 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
10893 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10894 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10895 switch (note
->type
)
10897 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10898 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10900 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10901 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10907 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10908 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10909 structure which lacks GBR. */
10912 switch (note
->type
)
10914 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10915 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10917 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10924 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10925 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10928 switch (note
->type
)
10930 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10931 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10933 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10934 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10944 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10946 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10949 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10950 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10951 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10953 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10954 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10955 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10957 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10958 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10959 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10965 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10967 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10968 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10970 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10971 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10973 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10974 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10976 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10977 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10979 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10980 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10982 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10984 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10989 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10990 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10991 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11000 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11002 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11009 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11012 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11013 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11015 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11016 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11018 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11019 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11021 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11022 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11024 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11028 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11029 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11030 thread just in case. */
11031 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11032 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11034 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11035 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11037 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11040 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11042 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11046 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11047 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11048 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11050 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11054 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11055 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11063 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11064 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11066 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11069 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11071 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11075 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11076 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11077 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11079 /* This is the current thread. */
11080 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11081 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11086 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11087 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11088 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11089 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11092 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11094 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11095 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11097 static long tid
= 1;
11099 switch (note
->type
)
11101 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11102 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11103 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11104 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11105 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11106 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11107 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11108 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11115 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11121 /* Use note name as section name. */
11122 len
= note
->namesz
;
11123 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11126 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11127 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11129 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11133 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11134 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11135 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11140 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11143 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11147 size of data for note
11149 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11150 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11151 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11152 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11155 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11158 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11166 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11173 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11175 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11177 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11180 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11181 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11182 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11183 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11184 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11185 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11189 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11197 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11207 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11208 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11209 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11210 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11211 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11212 be NULL terminated.
11213 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11214 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11215 the finer control available with later versions.
11216 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11217 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11218 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11219 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11220 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11221 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11222 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11225 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11229 const char *psargs
)
11231 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11233 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11236 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11237 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11242 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11243 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11244 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11246 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11248 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11251 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11254 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11255 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11256 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11257 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11258 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11263 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11265 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11268 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11271 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11272 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11273 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11275 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11277 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11282 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11283 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11287 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11288 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11289 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11291 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11293 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11295 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11296 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11297 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11301 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11303 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11304 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11305 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11310 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11311 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11312 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11314 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11316 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11318 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11319 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11320 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11324 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11326 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11327 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11328 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11333 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11340 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11342 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11345 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11347 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11352 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11353 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11354 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11356 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11358 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11359 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11360 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11361 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11362 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11363 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11370 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11371 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11372 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11373 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11374 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11375 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11377 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11383 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11385 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11392 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11393 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11395 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11396 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11397 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11398 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11399 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11400 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11401 #if !defined(gregs)
11402 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11403 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11405 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11406 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11409 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11410 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11412 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11414 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11416 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11420 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11421 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11423 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11424 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11425 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11427 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11431 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11432 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11433 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11434 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11442 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11443 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11444 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11445 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11449 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11452 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11455 const void *fpregs
,
11458 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11459 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11460 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11464 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11467 const void *xfpregs
,
11470 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11471 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11472 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11476 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11477 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11480 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11481 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11483 note_name
= "LINUX";
11484 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11485 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11489 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11492 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11495 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11496 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11497 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11501 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11504 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11507 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11508 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11509 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11513 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11516 const void *ppc_tar
,
11519 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11520 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11521 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11525 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11528 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11531 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11532 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11533 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11537 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11540 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11543 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11544 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11545 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11549 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11552 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11555 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11556 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11557 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11561 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11564 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11567 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11568 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11569 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11573 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11576 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11579 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11580 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11581 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11585 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11588 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11591 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11592 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11593 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11597 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11600 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11603 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11604 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11605 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11609 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11612 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11615 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11616 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11617 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11621 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11624 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11627 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11628 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11629 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11633 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11636 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11639 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11640 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11641 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11645 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11648 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11651 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11652 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11653 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11657 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11660 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11663 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11664 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11665 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11669 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11672 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11675 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11676 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11677 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11678 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11682 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11685 const void *s390_timer
,
11688 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11689 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11690 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11694 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11697 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11700 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11701 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11702 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11706 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11709 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11712 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11713 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11714 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11718 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11721 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11724 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11725 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11726 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11730 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11733 const void *s390_prefix
,
11736 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11737 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11738 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11742 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11745 const void *s390_last_break
,
11748 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11749 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11750 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11751 s390_last_break
, size
);
11755 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11758 const void *s390_system_call
,
11761 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11762 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11763 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11764 s390_system_call
, size
);
11768 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11771 const void *s390_tdb
,
11774 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11775 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11776 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11780 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11783 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11786 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11787 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11788 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11792 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11795 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11798 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11799 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11800 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11801 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11805 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11808 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11811 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11812 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11813 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11818 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11821 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11824 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11825 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11826 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11831 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11834 const void *arm_vfp
,
11837 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11838 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11839 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11843 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11846 const void *aarch_tls
,
11849 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11850 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11851 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11855 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11858 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11861 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11862 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11863 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11867 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11870 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11873 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11874 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11875 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11879 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11882 const void *aarch_sve
,
11885 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11886 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11887 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11891 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11894 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11897 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11898 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11899 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11903 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
11906 const void *arc_v2
,
11909 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11910 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11911 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
11915 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11918 const char *section
,
11922 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11923 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11924 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11925 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11926 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11927 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11928 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11929 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11930 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11931 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11932 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11933 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11934 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11935 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11936 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11937 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11938 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11939 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11940 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11941 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11942 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11943 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11944 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11945 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11946 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11947 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11948 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11949 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11950 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11951 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11952 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11953 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11954 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11955 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11956 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11957 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11958 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11959 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11960 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11961 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11962 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11963 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11964 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11965 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11966 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11967 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11968 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11969 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11970 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11971 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11972 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11973 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11974 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11975 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11976 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11977 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11978 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11979 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11980 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11981 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11982 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11983 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11984 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11985 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11986 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11987 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11988 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11989 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11990 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11991 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11992 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11993 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11994 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11995 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11996 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
11997 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12002 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12007 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12008 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12009 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12010 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12013 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12017 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12019 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12020 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12022 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12025 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12027 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12028 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12029 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12032 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12033 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12034 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12036 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12037 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12040 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12047 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12050 const char * string
;
12052 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12056 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12057 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12058 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12059 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12060 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12061 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12062 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
)
12064 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12067 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12069 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12070 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12071 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12073 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12082 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12084 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12087 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12088 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12090 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12096 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12103 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12108 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12111 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12114 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12118 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12119 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12122 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12132 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12134 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12135 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12136 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12139 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12141 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12143 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12147 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12150 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12151 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12152 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12153 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12155 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12156 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12159 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12163 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12165 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12169 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12170 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12171 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12172 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12177 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12178 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12179 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12180 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12182 return reloc_class_normal
;
12185 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12186 relocation against a local symbol. */
12189 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12190 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12192 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12194 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12195 bfd_vma relocation
;
12197 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12198 + sec
->output_offset
12200 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12201 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12202 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12205 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12206 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12207 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12210 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12211 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12212 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12213 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12214 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12215 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12216 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12219 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12220 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12226 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12227 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12231 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12233 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12234 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12236 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12237 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12238 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12241 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12242 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12243 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12244 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12248 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12249 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12253 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12255 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12256 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12258 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12259 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12262 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12264 /* Reverse the offset. */
12265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12266 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12268 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12269 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12270 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12271 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12277 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12278 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12279 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12280 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12281 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12282 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12284 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12285 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12286 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12287 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12288 the remote memory. */
12291 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12294 bfd_size_type size
,
12295 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12296 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12298 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12299 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12303 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12304 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12305 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12310 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12313 const char *relplt_name
;
12314 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
12318 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12324 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12327 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12330 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12333 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12334 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12335 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12336 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12337 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12340 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12341 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12342 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12345 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12349 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12350 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12353 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12354 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12355 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12356 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12358 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12359 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12362 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12364 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12369 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12373 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12374 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12376 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12381 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12382 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12385 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12386 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12387 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12388 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12389 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12390 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12392 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12395 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12396 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12398 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12402 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12403 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12404 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12405 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12408 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12411 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12412 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12419 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12420 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12421 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12422 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12423 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12424 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12425 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12426 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12429 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12431 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12433 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12435 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12436 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12438 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12439 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12440 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12441 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12443 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12444 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12445 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12446 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12448 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12449 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12450 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12451 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12452 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12453 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12454 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12455 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
12456 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12457 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
12458 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
12459 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12460 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12468 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12469 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12470 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12473 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12475 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12476 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12479 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12480 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12481 otherwise return zero. */
12484 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12487 bfd_size_type size
;
12489 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12490 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12491 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12494 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12496 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12497 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12503 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12504 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12506 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12507 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12508 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12510 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12513 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12514 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12516 unsigned int shindex
)
12518 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12519 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12522 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12523 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12525 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12526 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12529 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12532 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12534 asymbol
** symbols
,
12535 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
12537 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12539 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12540 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
12542 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12543 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12544 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
12547 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
12549 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12550 associated with SEC. */
12551 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12553 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
12555 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
12556 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
12557 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12558 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
12560 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
12561 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
12562 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
12563 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
12565 unsigned int entsize
;
12566 unsigned int symcount
;
12567 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12570 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
12573 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12574 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12575 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12577 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12579 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
12580 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
12586 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
12587 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
12589 free (native_relocs
);
12590 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
12595 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12596 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12598 free (native_relocs
);
12603 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12604 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
12607 free (native_relocs
);
12608 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
12609 the memory for the bfd is released. */
12615 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
12617 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12619 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
12620 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
12622 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
12625 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
12627 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12628 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12629 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12630 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
12632 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12633 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12634 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
12635 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
12636 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
12637 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
12639 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
12641 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
12643 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
12644 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
12645 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12646 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12648 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
12651 /* xgettext:c-format */
12652 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
12653 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
12654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12655 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
12656 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
12663 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
12664 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
12665 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
12666 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
12669 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
12671 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
12672 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
12674 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12675 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
12682 free (native_relocs
);
12683 /* Store the internal relocs. */
12684 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
12691 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
12694 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12695 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12696 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
12697 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
12701 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
12703 if (isection
== NULL
)
12706 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
12709 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
12713 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
12717 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
12718 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
12719 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
12720 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
12721 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
12722 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
12724 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
12726 /* xgettext:c-format */
12727 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
12729 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12733 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
12734 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
12735 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
12738 /* xgettext:c-format */
12739 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
12741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12745 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
12747 if (isection
== NULL
12748 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
12749 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
12752 /* xgettext:c-format */
12753 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
12755 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12759 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
12760 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
12761 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
12762 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= TRUE
;
12763 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12764 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
12765 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
12766 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
12767 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
12773 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
12775 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
12776 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
12777 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
12778 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
12781 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
12783 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12784 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
12786 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
12787 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
12792 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
12793 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
12794 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
12797 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
12799 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
12800 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
12801 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
12803 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
12804 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
12806 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
12807 associated with SEC. */
12808 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
12810 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
12811 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
12813 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
12814 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
12816 asymbol
* last_sym
;
12818 unsigned int reloc_count
;
12820 unsigned int entsize
;
12821 arelent
* src_irel
;
12822 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
12824 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
12827 /* xgettext:c-format */
12828 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
12830 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12835 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12839 /* xgettext:c-format */
12840 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
12842 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12846 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
12847 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
12850 /* xgettext:c-format */
12851 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
12853 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12858 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
12859 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
12862 /* xgettext:c-format */
12863 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
12865 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12870 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
12871 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
12874 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12875 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
12876 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
12880 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
12881 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
12882 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
12885 /* xgettext:c-format */
12886 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
12888 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12893 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
12895 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
12900 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
12904 /* xgettext:c-format */
12905 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
12906 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12912 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
12914 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
12919 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12921 if (sym
== last_sym
)
12925 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
12929 /* xgettext:c-format */
12930 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
12931 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12932 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12941 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
12942 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
12943 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
12946 /* xgettext:c-format */
12947 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
12948 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12949 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12955 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
12956 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
12959 /* xgettext:c-format */
12960 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
12961 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
12962 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12964 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
12967 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
12968 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
12970 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
12971 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
12972 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
12973 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);